<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Heather</id>
		<title>PocketWizard Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Heather"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Heather"/>
		<updated>2026-05-15T20:47:18Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.24.4</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=The_FAQ&amp;diff=3547</id>
		<title>The FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=The_FAQ&amp;diff=3547"/>
				<updated>2015-08-18T16:41:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* The hot-shoe on my radio broke off! How do I get it fixed? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Do you have questions about PocketWizard radios in general? Check out these Frequently Asked Questions, compiled by [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Nothing is working! What should I do?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Check your [[batteries]] - sometimes low batteries can affect radio performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure all of your radios have been updated to the latest firmware. Connect your radio to the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and navigate to the &amp;quot;[[Update Tab]].&amp;quot; Click the “[[Update Tab#Check for Updates Button|Check for Updates Button]].”&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure your camera and flashes are using the latest firmware, too!&lt;br /&gt;
* Perform a [[Factory Reset]] on all of your radios.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take your first shot at 1/160th or 1/200th so the system can properly calibrate timing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] for troubleshooting help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I just upgraded my firmware and it doesn't work!  What do I do?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After updating your firmware, always perform a factory reset with the radio: See RESET B [[Factory Reset#Reset B - Factory_Defaults|here]], or simply hold TEST before you power on your radio and continue to hold TEST for 10 seconds until you see 4 green blinks. While the PocketWizard Utility performs a factory reset automatically when you upgrade the firmware, and has a Factory Reset button on the Update tab, Reset B remains the recommended method after a firmware upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====What cable do I need?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/cable_finder/ Cable Finder] at [http://www.pocketwizard.com/ PocketWizard.com] to find the right cable for lots of different cameras and flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] if you still have questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How many radios do I need?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need one radio per device. That means one for each camera and one for each flash in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Is my camera or flash compatible with your radios?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Virtually all cameras and flashes with a standard size hot-shoe, PC socket, or sync port are compatible with Standard Channel radios like the [[Plus II]], [[Plus III]], [[PlusX]], and [[MultiMAX]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visit our [[Canon Compatibility]] or [[Nikon Compatibility]] pages to see if your camera or flash is compatible with our [[ControlTL]] radios like the [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] if you still have questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I can’t update my firmware. Why won’t the Utility recognize my radios?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Start by making sure you're connecting your radios directly to your computer, rather than through a USB hub.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try disconnecting all additional USB devices from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Uninstall the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and reinstall the latest version, available for download on our website, http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/.&lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt to update the radios using another user account.&lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt the update while running your computer in Safe Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] for troubleshooting help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I think my radio needs to be repaired. What do I do?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support]. Warranty and repair inquiries are handled by the distributor in the region in which the radios are purchased, so please include this information in your message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Why does PocketWizard make radios in two different frequencies?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our radios are sold in [[Frequency|two different versions]] to comply with radio laws in different countries. In the United States, the FCC reserves the 344-354 MHz frequency for PocketWizard systems. In Europe, regulations assign 433-434 MHz. A PocketWizard sold in the USA bears the letters “FCC” on the outer shell; a European version will have the letters “CE.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Can I buy my radios directly through PocketWizard?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes! You can buy PocketWizard products directly through the PocketWizard online store: http://shop.pocketwizard.com/. Or if you prefer to visit a local camera shop that carries PocketWizard products, please check out our website for information on where to buy: http://www.pocketwizard.com/wheretobuy/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The hot-shoe on my radio broke off! How do I get it fixed?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support]. Warranty and repair inquiries are handled by the distributor in the region in which the radios are purchased, so please include this information in your message. You can either send your radio in for repair or request a replacement hot-shoe to do the repair yourself.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your radio is out of warranty, you can purchase a hot shoe directly from http://shop.pocketwizard.com and do the repair yourself or you can send it into us and we will do the repair for you.  Please contact us at info@pocketwizard.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our radios are made from a glass-reinforced resin material, and shouldn't break with normal usage. However, the hot-shoe mounts are designed to break on serious impact. We found replacing an inexpensive hot-shoe preferable to a lengthy and potentially costly camera or speedlight repair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions about your specific radio?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check out our other FAQ pages for more information on your radios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=The_FAQ&amp;diff=3546</id>
		<title>The FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=The_FAQ&amp;diff=3546"/>
				<updated>2015-08-18T16:41:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* The hot-shoe on my radio broke off! How do I get it fixed? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Do you have questions about PocketWizard radios in general? Check out these Frequently Asked Questions, compiled by [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Nothing is working! What should I do?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Check your [[batteries]] - sometimes low batteries can affect radio performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure all of your radios have been updated to the latest firmware. Connect your radio to the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and navigate to the &amp;quot;[[Update Tab]].&amp;quot; Click the “[[Update Tab#Check for Updates Button|Check for Updates Button]].”&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure your camera and flashes are using the latest firmware, too!&lt;br /&gt;
* Perform a [[Factory Reset]] on all of your radios.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take your first shot at 1/160th or 1/200th so the system can properly calibrate timing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] for troubleshooting help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I just upgraded my firmware and it doesn't work!  What do I do?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After updating your firmware, always perform a factory reset with the radio: See RESET B [[Factory Reset#Reset B - Factory_Defaults|here]], or simply hold TEST before you power on your radio and continue to hold TEST for 10 seconds until you see 4 green blinks. While the PocketWizard Utility performs a factory reset automatically when you upgrade the firmware, and has a Factory Reset button on the Update tab, Reset B remains the recommended method after a firmware upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====What cable do I need?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/cable_finder/ Cable Finder] at [http://www.pocketwizard.com/ PocketWizard.com] to find the right cable for lots of different cameras and flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] if you still have questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How many radios do I need?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need one radio per device. That means one for each camera and one for each flash in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Is my camera or flash compatible with your radios?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Virtually all cameras and flashes with a standard size hot-shoe, PC socket, or sync port are compatible with Standard Channel radios like the [[Plus II]], [[Plus III]], [[PlusX]], and [[MultiMAX]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visit our [[Canon Compatibility]] or [[Nikon Compatibility]] pages to see if your camera or flash is compatible with our [[ControlTL]] radios like the [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] if you still have questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I can’t update my firmware. Why won’t the Utility recognize my radios?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Start by making sure you're connecting your radios directly to your computer, rather than through a USB hub.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try disconnecting all additional USB devices from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Uninstall the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and reinstall the latest version, available for download on our website, http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/.&lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt to update the radios using another user account.&lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt the update while running your computer in Safe Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] for troubleshooting help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I think my radio needs to be repaired. What do I do?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support]. Warranty and repair inquiries are handled by the distributor in the region in which the radios are purchased, so please include this information in your message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Why does PocketWizard make radios in two different frequencies?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our radios are sold in [[Frequency|two different versions]] to comply with radio laws in different countries. In the United States, the FCC reserves the 344-354 MHz frequency for PocketWizard systems. In Europe, regulations assign 433-434 MHz. A PocketWizard sold in the USA bears the letters “FCC” on the outer shell; a European version will have the letters “CE.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Can I buy my radios directly through PocketWizard?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes! You can buy PocketWizard products directly through the PocketWizard online store: http://shop.pocketwizard.com/. Or if you prefer to visit a local camera shop that carries PocketWizard products, please check out our website for information on where to buy: http://www.pocketwizard.com/wheretobuy/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The hot-shoe on my radio broke off! How do I get it fixed?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support]. Warranty and repair inquiries are handled by the distributor in the region in which the radios are purchased, so please include this information in your message. You can either send your radio in for repair or request a replacement hot-shoe to do the repair yourself.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your radio is out of warranty, you can purchase a hot shoe directly from http://shop.pocketwizard.com and do the repair yourself or you can send it into us and we will do the repair for you.  Please contact us at info@pocketwizard.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our radios are made from an glass-reinforced resin material, and shouldn't break with normal usage. However, the hot-shoe mounts are designed to break on serious impact. We found replacing an inexpensive hot-shoe preferable to a lengthy and potentially costly camera or speedlight repair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions about your specific radio?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check out our other FAQ pages for more information on your radios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=The_FAQ&amp;diff=3545</id>
		<title>The FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=The_FAQ&amp;diff=3545"/>
				<updated>2015-08-18T16:40:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* The hot-shoe on my radio broke off! How do I get it fixed? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Do you have questions about PocketWizard radios in general? Check out these Frequently Asked Questions, compiled by [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Nothing is working! What should I do?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Check your [[batteries]] - sometimes low batteries can affect radio performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure all of your radios have been updated to the latest firmware. Connect your radio to the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and navigate to the &amp;quot;[[Update Tab]].&amp;quot; Click the “[[Update Tab#Check for Updates Button|Check for Updates Button]].”&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure your camera and flashes are using the latest firmware, too!&lt;br /&gt;
* Perform a [[Factory Reset]] on all of your radios.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take your first shot at 1/160th or 1/200th so the system can properly calibrate timing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] for troubleshooting help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I just upgraded my firmware and it doesn't work!  What do I do?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After updating your firmware, always perform a factory reset with the radio: See RESET B [[Factory Reset#Reset B - Factory_Defaults|here]], or simply hold TEST before you power on your radio and continue to hold TEST for 10 seconds until you see 4 green blinks. While the PocketWizard Utility performs a factory reset automatically when you upgrade the firmware, and has a Factory Reset button on the Update tab, Reset B remains the recommended method after a firmware upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====What cable do I need?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/cable_finder/ Cable Finder] at [http://www.pocketwizard.com/ PocketWizard.com] to find the right cable for lots of different cameras and flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] if you still have questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How many radios do I need?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need one radio per device. That means one for each camera and one for each flash in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Is my camera or flash compatible with your radios?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Virtually all cameras and flashes with a standard size hot-shoe, PC socket, or sync port are compatible with Standard Channel radios like the [[Plus II]], [[Plus III]], [[PlusX]], and [[MultiMAX]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visit our [[Canon Compatibility]] or [[Nikon Compatibility]] pages to see if your camera or flash is compatible with our [[ControlTL]] radios like the [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] if you still have questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I can’t update my firmware. Why won’t the Utility recognize my radios?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Start by making sure you're connecting your radios directly to your computer, rather than through a USB hub.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try disconnecting all additional USB devices from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Uninstall the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and reinstall the latest version, available for download on our website, http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/.&lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt to update the radios using another user account.&lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt the update while running your computer in Safe Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] for troubleshooting help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I think my radio needs to be repaired. What do I do?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support]. Warranty and repair inquiries are handled by the distributor in the region in which the radios are purchased, so please include this information in your message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Why does PocketWizard make radios in two different frequencies?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our radios are sold in [[Frequency|two different versions]] to comply with radio laws in different countries. In the United States, the FCC reserves the 344-354 MHz frequency for PocketWizard systems. In Europe, regulations assign 433-434 MHz. A PocketWizard sold in the USA bears the letters “FCC” on the outer shell; a European version will have the letters “CE.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Can I buy my radios directly through PocketWizard?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes! You can buy PocketWizard products directly through the PocketWizard online store: http://shop.pocketwizard.com/. Or if you prefer to visit a local camera shop that carries PocketWizard products, please check out our website for information on where to buy: http://www.pocketwizard.com/wheretobuy/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The hot-shoe on my radio broke off! How do I get it fixed?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support]. Warranty and repair inquiries are handled by the distributor in the region in which the radios are purchased, so please include this information in your message. You can either send your radio in for repair or request a replacement hot-shoe to do the repair yourself.  If your radio is out of warranty, you can purchase a hot shoe directly from http://shop.pocketwizard.com and do the repair yourself or you can send it into us and we will do the repair for you.  Please contact us at info@pocketwizard.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our radios are made from an glass-reinforced resin material, and shouldn't break with normal usage. However, the hot-shoe mounts are designed to break on serious impact. We found replacing an inexpensive hot-shoe preferable to a lengthy and potentially costly camera or speedlight repair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions about your specific radio?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check out our other FAQ pages for more information on your radios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=The_FAQ&amp;diff=3544</id>
		<title>The FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=The_FAQ&amp;diff=3544"/>
				<updated>2015-08-18T16:36:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Can I buy my radios directly through PocketWizard? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Do you have questions about PocketWizard radios in general? Check out these Frequently Asked Questions, compiled by [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Nothing is working! What should I do?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Check your [[batteries]] - sometimes low batteries can affect radio performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure all of your radios have been updated to the latest firmware. Connect your radio to the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and navigate to the &amp;quot;[[Update Tab]].&amp;quot; Click the “[[Update Tab#Check for Updates Button|Check for Updates Button]].”&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure your camera and flashes are using the latest firmware, too!&lt;br /&gt;
* Perform a [[Factory Reset]] on all of your radios.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take your first shot at 1/160th or 1/200th so the system can properly calibrate timing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] for troubleshooting help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I just upgraded my firmware and it doesn't work!  What do I do?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After updating your firmware, always perform a factory reset with the radio: See RESET B [[Factory Reset#Reset B - Factory_Defaults|here]], or simply hold TEST before you power on your radio and continue to hold TEST for 10 seconds until you see 4 green blinks. While the PocketWizard Utility performs a factory reset automatically when you upgrade the firmware, and has a Factory Reset button on the Update tab, Reset B remains the recommended method after a firmware upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====What cable do I need?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/cable_finder/ Cable Finder] at [http://www.pocketwizard.com/ PocketWizard.com] to find the right cable for lots of different cameras and flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] if you still have questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How many radios do I need?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need one radio per device. That means one for each camera and one for each flash in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Is my camera or flash compatible with your radios?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Virtually all cameras and flashes with a standard size hot-shoe, PC socket, or sync port are compatible with Standard Channel radios like the [[Plus II]], [[Plus III]], [[PlusX]], and [[MultiMAX]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visit our [[Canon Compatibility]] or [[Nikon Compatibility]] pages to see if your camera or flash is compatible with our [[ControlTL]] radios like the [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] if you still have questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I can’t update my firmware. Why won’t the Utility recognize my radios?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Start by making sure you're connecting your radios directly to your computer, rather than through a USB hub.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try disconnecting all additional USB devices from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Uninstall the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and reinstall the latest version, available for download on our website, http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/.&lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt to update the radios using another user account.&lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt the update while running your computer in Safe Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] for troubleshooting help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I think my radio needs to be repaired. What do I do?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support]. Warranty and repair inquiries are handled by the distributor in the region in which the radios are purchased, so please include this information in your message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Why does PocketWizard make radios in two different frequencies?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our radios are sold in [[Frequency|two different versions]] to comply with radio laws in different countries. In the United States, the FCC reserves the 344-354 MHz frequency for PocketWizard systems. In Europe, regulations assign 433-434 MHz. A PocketWizard sold in the USA bears the letters “FCC” on the outer shell; a European version will have the letters “CE.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Can I buy my radios directly through PocketWizard?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes! You can buy PocketWizard products directly through the PocketWizard online store: http://shop.pocketwizard.com/. Or if you prefer to visit a local camera shop that carries PocketWizard products, please check out our website for information on where to buy: http://www.pocketwizard.com/wheretobuy/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The hot-shoe on my radio broke off! How do I get it fixed?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support]. Warranty and repair inquiries are handled by the distributor in the region in which the radios are purchased, so please include this information in your message. You can either send your radio in for repair or request a replacement hot-shoe to do the repair yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our radios are made from an glass-reinforced resin material, and shouldn't break with normal usage. However, the hot-shoe mounts are designed to break on serious impact. We found replacing an inexpensive hot-shoe preferable to a lengthy and potentially costly camera or speedlight repair.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions about your specific radio?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check out our other FAQ pages for more information on your radios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=PowerMC2&amp;diff=2760</id>
		<title>PowerMC2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=PowerMC2&amp;diff=2760"/>
				<updated>2013-12-30T15:50:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;NOTICE:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have identified a potentially hazardous issue with the PocketWizard® PowerMC2 receiver, designed for use with the Paul C. Buff Einstein™ flash units, especially the CE/433 MHz version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the PowerMC2’s antenna cover is broken, removed, or in any way damaged, DISCONTINUE USE IMMEDIATELY and contact PocketWizard®. In rare circumstances, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;exposed metal components&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; on the PowerMC2 can become electrified, posing a very serious shock hazard.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Customers in the United States may continue to safely use the Einstein and PowerMC2 with the power cord supplied by the manufacturer and a properly wired three-pronged outlet or with the Vagabond battery pack.   All other customers are advised to contact us immediately for assistance in replacing a broken, removed or damaged antenna cover.  If a U.S.-style three-pronged outlet is unavailable in your location, ALWAYS UNPLUG THE FLASH PRIOR TO HANDLING THE POWERMC2.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are working to correct the issue.  We greatly apologize for this inconvenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions or concerns please contact PocketWizard Technical Support at +1 802-735-1079 or via our [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ inquiry page].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Receiver with ControlTL® for Einstein­™ E640 Flash==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PWPOWERMC2.jpg|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PowerMC2 Receiver Module enables remote power control of Einstein™ E640 flashes using PocketWizard [[ControlTL]] technology.  With a [[MiniTT1_and_FlexTT5|MiniTT1 Transmitter or FlexTT5 Transceiver]] on your camera and a PowerMC2 plugged into your Einstein™ E640 flash, you can now adjust the flash power settings directly from the camera position. Add the [[AC3 ZoneController]] and you can control three different zones of lights in 1/3-stop increments with up to a six-stop range.  Utilize PocketWizard’s unique features such as [[HyperSync]] and Optimized [[Rear Curtain Sync]] for maximum control of your lighting.&lt;br /&gt;
{{PowerMC2Wallace}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Special Warning==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When connecting the PowerMC2 to the [[PocketWizard Utility]], make sure to disconnect the PowerMC2 from any attached flash first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Do not connect the PowerMC2 to USB while also connected to the Einstein E640 flash.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Damage to your PowerMC2, Einstein, or Computer's USB port could result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using your PowerMC2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PowerMC2Einstein.jpg|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' Connect the PowerMC2 to your Einstein™ E640 Flash via the remote port, then power on the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.''' Select the Channel and Zone A, B, or C via the E640’s LCD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.''' Set up your PocketWizard transmitter and take pictures normally. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.''' Adjust the camera’s Flash Exposure Compensation (FEC) to adjust the power of your remote flash. See the [[#Basic Power Control|Basic Power Control]] section for more information about FEC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Make sure all your radios are set to the same PocketWizard [[Channels|channel]].'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Status LED blinks '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:green;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Green&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' every few seconds to indicate normal operation. It will blink '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Red&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' in sync with a trigger. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momentarily pressing TEST will test trigger the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your PowerMC2 needs to be on the same channel as your transmitter. [[Channels]] can be set via the Einstein’s built-in LCD. The PowerMC2 is capable of receiving on either ControlTL Channels for use with ControlTL radios like the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 or [[Channels#Standard_Channels|Standard Channels]] for triggering with the [[Plus II]], [[MultiMAX]], and [[Sekonic]] meters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set the channel, press the Einstein’s™ FUNCTION button until the Channel selection box is highlighted, and then change channels with the ADJUST buttons. Press the FUNCTION button again to specify a zone. When using ControlTL Channels, or Standard Channels 17-32, you can specify zone A, B, or C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' When receiving on Standard Channels, the PowerMC2 will be unable to do any form of PowerTracking, or remote Manual Power Control. You must be using a ControlTL radio in ControlTL radio mode for the Einstein to be able to engage in any form of ControlTL feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[ControlTL]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:controltl.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard’s newest firmware platform taps into the camera’s digital communications to enable an entirely new level of remote flash capability through our proven radio system.   ControlTL allows remote [[Basic Wireless TTL|TTL]] systems as well as Manual Power Control.  ControlTL firmware is configurable and [[PocketWizard Utility|upgradeable]] for “future-proof” continuous improvement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Manual Power Control =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:manual_power_control.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust the manual power settings of your remote Einstein flash directly from a [[AC3 ZoneController]], or master flash mounted on your on-camera [[MiniTT1_and_FlexTT5|MiniTT1 or FlexTT5]].  You can independently control the power output of up to three remote groups of lights (you can have as many lights in each group as you want) from full power down to the lowest setting through the user interface on the back of the master flash or with the dials of the AC3 ZoneController.   Now you can work with total control with your remote lights, without leaving your shooting position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[HyperSync]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hypersync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Our patent pending HyperSync® technology allows photographers to achieve faster X-sync speeds with full power flash.  That extra speed can be used to freeze action or cut ambient light - both of which can produce results never possible before. HyperSync works automatically with the PowerMC2.  All you need is a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 on camera to gain the benefits of HyperSync. While performance varies by the camera and flash equipment being used, HyperSync will get the maximum possible out of any configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[PowerTracking]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:powertracking.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
When working with certain manual flashes, you can change any of your settings on your camera and the system adjusts for those settings.  Change your camera's exposure compensation to adjust the flash output, or make adjustments in aperture or ISO and the system balances your flash for proper exposure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note that Flash Exposure Compensation can also be dialed in on a per-flash basis, by changing the PowerMC2's settings in the [[Exposure Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]].''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[PowerTracking#Basic Power Control|Basic Power Control]]====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With only a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 on your camera, your camera’s FEC (Flash Exposure Compensation) control will adjust your flash power output level for all your PowerMC2-connected flashes as shown in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Camera FEC/EC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; - or -&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;AC3 Power Dial in Manual'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Einstein E640 Power Output'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| +3&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#A4D3EE;&amp;quot; |1/1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| +2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|1/2 + 0.6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| +2.3&lt;br /&gt;
|1/2 + 0.3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| +2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#A4D3EE;&amp;quot; |1/2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| +1.7&lt;br /&gt;
|1/4 + 0.6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| +1.3&lt;br /&gt;
|1/4 + 0.3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| +1&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#A4D3EE;&amp;quot; |1/4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| +0.7&lt;br /&gt;
|1/8 + 0.6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| +0.3&lt;br /&gt;
|1/8 + 0.6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#A4D3EE;&amp;quot; |1/8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.3&lt;br /&gt;
|1/16 + 0.6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.7&lt;br /&gt;
| 1/16 + 0.3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#A4D3EE;&amp;quot; |1/16&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.3&lt;br /&gt;
| 1/32 + 0.6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.7&lt;br /&gt;
|1/32 + 0.3 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#A4D3EE;&amp;quot; |1/32&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.3&lt;br /&gt;
|1/64 + 0.6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.7&lt;br /&gt;
| 1/64 + 0.3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#A4D3EE;&amp;quot; |1/64&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specifications====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Frequency'''&lt;br /&gt;
|340.00 - 354.00 US FCC/IC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;433.42 - 434.42 MHz - CE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Channels'''&lt;br /&gt;
|52 Channels over 26 Frequencies - US FCC/IC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 35 Channels over 5 Frequencies - CE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Antenna'''&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&amp;quot; (6.9 cm) rubberized&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Mounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Eight-pin remote socket&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Zone Select Switch'''&lt;br /&gt;
|A-B-C 	 Plus channel &amp;quot;D&amp;quot; if receiving on a MultiMAX channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Status Indicator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|LED: Green, Amber, Red Status indications&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''USB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|USB Compliant 2.0, Mini-B Connector, 5VDC regulated, 100mA, Pin 1 Positive, Pin 4 Ground&amp;lt;BR&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DO NOT CONNECT RADIO TO USB WHILE ALSO CONNECTED TO EINSTEIN FLASH.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Operating Temperature'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Above -15° C (5° F) and below 50° C (120° F)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Storage Temperature'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Above -30° C (22° F) and below 85° C (185° F)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Construction'''&lt;br /&gt;
|high impact plastic, rubberized antenna, ''RoHS Compliant''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Receives power from attached flash&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Dimensions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|4.66&amp;quot; (11.84 cm) long x 1.29&amp;quot; (3.27 cm) wide x .43&amp;quot; (1.09 cm) depth&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Weight'''&lt;br /&gt;
|.77 ounces (21.83 grams)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Must be used in conjunction with a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 on camera for power control capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;May be paired with any PocketWizard transmitter or transceiver for simple triggering.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1291</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1291"/>
				<updated>2013-02-05T14:52:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.200].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/ Canon Firmware 6.200].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Limited compatibility now available for the Canon 1D X with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta/ Canon Beta Firmware 6.201]. The Canon T4i is not yet supported.&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon T4i&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon firmware update with D4, D800, D800E and SB-910 compatibility as well as Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  Instructions on how to download Nikon firmware update 3.150 can be found [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D4&lt;br /&gt;
|D800E&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D800&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2Xs&lt;br /&gt;
|D1H&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2Hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2H&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1X&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400 ''(not capable of HSS)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900/SB-910 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700, SB-900 and SB-910 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-910's pattern is changed by first pushing function button 1 (on the left of the flash), then function button 3.  We recommend leaving this in the Standard output pattern, which shows no lines in front of the large flash icon on the right side of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1290</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1290"/>
				<updated>2013-02-05T14:47:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.200].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.200]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 5D Mark III with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/Canon Canon firmware update 6.200]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Limited compatibility now available for 1D X with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware update 6.201]. More details below. The Canon T4i is not yet supported.&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X &lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon T4i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 6.200 with Sekonic RT-32CTL, Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT and Canon 5D Mark III support now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware 6.201 provides limited support for the 1D X. Manual power control, HSS, HyperSync, and other features are implemented for this flagship camera. TTL operation for the 1D X requires more work and is not available in this release, but we wanted to get some core functionality out there as soon as possible to support HyperSync users and manual shooters needing remote power control functionality.  Other improvements include USB power, expanded HyperSync capabilities, and more.  Download Canon beta firmware version 6.201 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here] and send your feedback to betalab@pocketwizard.com!   &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D *&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 * The new 7D 2.0 firmware is fully compatible with our latest ControlTL 6.150 firmware (or higher) for Canon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.  This includes the 1Dx and 6D cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
:Supported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Master E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Master Manual&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Unsupported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Multi (stroboscopic) is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**Group mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;quot;ALL&amp;quot; selection is not supported, but Ratios are available in supported Master modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Long Range Performance]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Long Range Performance]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash will not do AF assist, as it uses the flash itself to do AF assist on camera, rather than using IR like other flashes. As such, this different mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Long Range Performance]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Long Range Performance]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, because Bulb exposures are terminated manually by the photographer. With rear curtain sync, the radio sends a signal to the flash to fire just before the shutter closes. In Bulb mode, the exposure timing is infinitely variable, and the radios cannot receive commands indicating that an exposure is about to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1269</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1269"/>
				<updated>2012-12-19T15:34:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.200].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/ Canon Firmware 6.200].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon firmware update with D4, D800, D800E and SB-910 compatibility as well as Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  Instructions on how to download Nikon firmware update 3.150 can be found [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D4&lt;br /&gt;
|D800E&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D800&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2Xs&lt;br /&gt;
|D1H&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2Hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2H&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1X&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400 ''(not capable of HSS)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900/SB-910 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700, SB-900 and SB-910 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-910's pattern is changed by first pushing function button 1 (on the left of the flash), then function button 3.  We recommend leaving this in the Standard output pattern, which shows no lines in front of the large flash icon on the right side of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1268</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1268"/>
				<updated>2012-12-19T15:26:00Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.200].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.200]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 5D Mark III with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/Canon Canon firmware update 6.200]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X &lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon T4i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 6.200 with Sekonic RT-32CTL, Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT and Canon 5D Mark III support now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note ControlTL Firmware Update 6.200 does not include compatibility with the 1D X.  Support for the Canon 1D X cameras will be a beta release and is the next priority.  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D *&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 * The new 7D 2.0 firmware is fully compatible with our latest ControlTL 6.150 firmware (or higher) for Canon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.  This includes the 1Dx and 6D cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
:Supported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Master E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Master Manual&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Unsupported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Multi (stroboscopic) is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**Group mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;quot;ALL&amp;quot; selection is not supported, but Ratios are available in supported Master modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash will not do AF assist, as it uses the flash itself to do AF assist on camera, rather than using IR like other flashes. As such, this different mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, because Bulb exposures are terminated manually by the photographer. With rear curtain sync, the radio sends a signal to the flash to fire just before the shutter closes. In Bulb mode, the exposure timing is infinitely variable, and the radios cannot receive commands indicating that an exposure is about to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1267</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1267"/>
				<updated>2012-12-19T15:22:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.200].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon beta firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.200]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 5D Mark III with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/Canon Canon firmware update 6.200]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X &lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon T4i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 6.200 with Sekonic RT-32CTL, Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT and Canon 5D Mark III support now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note ControlTL Firmware Update 6.200 does not include compatibility with the 1D X.  Support for the Canon 1D X cameras will be a beta release and is the next priority.  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D *&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 * The new 7D 2.0 firmware is fully compatible with our latest ControlTL 6.150 firmware (or higher) for Canon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.  This includes the 1Dx and 6D cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
:Supported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Master E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Master Manual&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Unsupported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Multi (stroboscopic) is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**Group mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;quot;ALL&amp;quot; selection is not supported, but Ratios are available in supported Master modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash will not do AF assist, as it uses the flash itself to do AF assist on camera, rather than using IR like other flashes. As such, this different mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, because Bulb exposures are terminated manually by the photographer. With rear curtain sync, the radio sends a signal to the flash to fire just before the shutter closes. In Bulb mode, the exposure timing is infinitely variable, and the radios cannot receive commands indicating that an exposure is about to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1266</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1266"/>
				<updated>2012-12-19T15:22:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon beta firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.200]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 5D Mark III with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/Canon Canon firmware update 6.200]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X &lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon T4i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 6.200 with Sekonic RT-32CTL, Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT and Canon 5D Mark III support now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note ControlTL Firmware Update 6.200 does not include compatibility with the 1D X.  Support for the Canon 1D X cameras will be a beta release and is the next priority.  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D *&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 * The new 7D 2.0 firmware is fully compatible with our latest ControlTL 6.150 firmware (or higher) for Canon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.  This includes the 1Dx and 6D cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
:Supported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Master E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Master Manual&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Unsupported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Multi (stroboscopic) is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**Group mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;quot;ALL&amp;quot; selection is not supported, but Ratios are available in supported Master modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash will not do AF assist, as it uses the flash itself to do AF assist on camera, rather than using IR like other flashes. As such, this different mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, because Bulb exposures are terminated manually by the photographer. With rear curtain sync, the radio sends a signal to the flash to fire just before the shutter closes. In Bulb mode, the exposure timing is infinitely variable, and the radios cannot receive commands indicating that an exposure is about to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1265</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1265"/>
				<updated>2012-12-19T15:19:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon beta firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.200]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 5D Mark III with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/Canon Canon firmware update 6.200]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X &lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon T4i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 6.150 with Sekonic RT-32CTL and Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT support now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware 6.153 includes compatibility with the 5D Mark III and is available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  Please note beta firmware 6.153 does not include compatibility with the 1D X or the Rebel T4i.  Support for these cameras will be a separate beta and is the next priority.  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D *&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 * The new 7D 2.0 firmware is fully compatible with our latest ControlTL 6.150 firmware (or higher) for Canon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.  This includes the 1Dx and 6D cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
:Supported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Master E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Master Manual&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Unsupported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Multi (stroboscopic) is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**Group mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;quot;ALL&amp;quot; selection is not supported, but Ratios are available in supported Master modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash will not do AF assist, as it uses the flash itself to do AF assist on camera, rather than using IR like other flashes. As such, this different mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, because Bulb exposures are terminated manually by the photographer. With rear curtain sync, the radio sends a signal to the flash to fire just before the shutter closes. In Bulb mode, the exposure timing is infinitely variable, and the radios cannot receive commands indicating that an exposure is about to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1264</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1264"/>
				<updated>2012-12-19T15:18:41Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon beta firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 5D Mark III with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/Canon firmware 6.200]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X &lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon T4i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 6.150 with Sekonic RT-32CTL and Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT support now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware 6.153 includes compatibility with the 5D Mark III and is available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  Please note beta firmware 6.153 does not include compatibility with the 1D X or the Rebel T4i.  Support for these cameras will be a separate beta and is the next priority.  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D *&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 * The new 7D 2.0 firmware is fully compatible with our latest ControlTL 6.150 firmware (or higher) for Canon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.  This includes the 1Dx and 6D cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
:Supported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Master E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Master Manual&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Unsupported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Multi (stroboscopic) is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**Group mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;quot;ALL&amp;quot; selection is not supported, but Ratios are available in supported Master modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash will not do AF assist, as it uses the flash itself to do AF assist on camera, rather than using IR like other flashes. As such, this different mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, because Bulb exposures are terminated manually by the photographer. With rear curtain sync, the radio sends a signal to the flash to fire just before the shutter closes. In Bulb mode, the exposure timing is infinitely variable, and the radios cannot receive commands indicating that an exposure is about to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1235</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1235"/>
				<updated>2012-08-31T19:50:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Camera Compatibility */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon beta firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 5D Mark III with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.153]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X &lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon T4i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 6.150 with Sekonic RT-32CTL and Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT support now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware 6.153 includes compatibility with the 5D Mark III and is available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  Please note beta firmware 6.153 does not include compatibility with the 1D X or the Rebel T4i.  Support for these cameras will be a separate beta and is the next priority.  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D *&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 * The new 7D 2.0 firmware is fully compatible with our latest ControlTL 6.150 firmware (or higher) for Canon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
:Supported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Master E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Master Manual&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Unsupported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Multi (stroboscopic) is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**Group mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;quot;ALL&amp;quot; selection is not supported, but Ratios are available in supported Master modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, because Bulb exposures are terminated manually by the photographer. With rear curtain sync, the radio sends a signal to the flash to fire just before the shutter closes. In Bulb mode, the exposure timing is infinitely variable, and the radios cannot receive commands indicating that an exposure is about to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1234</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1234"/>
				<updated>2012-08-31T19:50:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Camera Compatibility */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon beta firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 5D Mark III with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.153]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X &lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon T4i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 6.150 with Sekonic RT-32CTL and Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT support now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware 6.153 includes compatibility with the 5D Mark III and is available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  Please note beta firmware 6.153 does not include compatibility with the 1D X or the Rebel T4i.  Support for these cameras will be a separate beta and is the next priority.  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D *&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 * The new 7D 2.0 firmware is fully compatible with our latest ControlTL 6.150 firmware or higher for Canon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
:Supported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Master E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Master Manual&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Unsupported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Multi (stroboscopic) is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**Group mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;quot;ALL&amp;quot; selection is not supported, but Ratios are available in supported Master modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, because Bulb exposures are terminated manually by the photographer. With rear curtain sync, the radio sends a signal to the flash to fire just before the shutter closes. In Bulb mode, the exposure timing is infinitely variable, and the radios cannot receive commands indicating that an exposure is about to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1233</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1233"/>
				<updated>2012-08-31T19:46:01Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon beta firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 5D Mark III with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.153]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X &lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon T4i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 6.150 with Sekonic RT-32CTL and Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT support now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware 6.153 includes compatibility with the 5D Mark III and is available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  Please note beta firmware 6.153 does not include compatibility with the 1D X or the Rebel T4i.  Support for these cameras will be a separate beta and is the next priority.  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D *&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 * The new 7D 2.0 firmware is fully compatible with our latest ControlTL 6.150 firmware for Canon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
:Supported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Master E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Master Manual&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Unsupported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Multi (stroboscopic) is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**Group mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;quot;ALL&amp;quot; selection is not supported, but Ratios are available in supported Master modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, because Bulb exposures are terminated manually by the photographer. With rear curtain sync, the radio sends a signal to the flash to fire just before the shutter closes. In Bulb mode, the exposure timing is infinitely variable, and the radios cannot receive commands indicating that an exposure is about to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1232</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1232"/>
				<updated>2012-08-31T19:43:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.153].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon firmware update with D4, D800, D800E and SB-910 compatibility as well as Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  Instructions on how to download Nikon firmware update 3.150 can be found [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2h&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1x&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400 ''(not capable of HSS)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900/SB-910 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700, SB-900 and SB-910 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-910's pattern is changed by first pushing function button 1 (on the left of the flash), then function button 3.  We recommend leaving this in the Standard output pattern, which shows no lines in front of the large flash icon on the right side of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1231</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1231"/>
				<updated>2012-08-31T19:42:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon beta firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 5D Mark III with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.153]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X &lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon T4i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 6.150 with Sekonic RT-32CTL and Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT support now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware 6.153 includes compatibility with the 5D Mark III and is available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here] .  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D *&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 * The new 7D 2.0 firmware is fully compatible with our latest ControlTL 6.150 firmware for Canon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
:Supported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Master E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Master Manual&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Unsupported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Multi (stroboscopic) is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**Group mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;quot;ALL&amp;quot; selection is not supported, but Ratios are available in supported Master modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, because Bulb exposures are terminated manually by the photographer. With rear curtain sync, the radio sends a signal to the flash to fire just before the shutter closes. In Bulb mode, the exposure timing is infinitely variable, and the radios cannot receive commands indicating that an exposure is about to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1230</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1230"/>
				<updated>2012-08-31T19:41:12Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon beta firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 5D Mark III with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.153]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X &lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon T4i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 6.150 with Sekonic RT-32CTL and Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT support now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
Canon beta firmware 6.153 includes compatibility with the 5D Mark III and is available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here] .  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D *&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 * The new 7D 2.0 firmware is fully compatible with our latest ControlTL 6.150 firmware for Canon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
:Supported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Master E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Master Manual&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Unsupported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Multi (stroboscopic) is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**Group mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;quot;ALL&amp;quot; selection is not supported, but Ratios are available in supported Master modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, because Bulb exposures are terminated manually by the photographer. With rear curtain sync, the radio sends a signal to the flash to fire just before the shutter closes. In Bulb mode, the exposure timing is infinitely variable, and the radios cannot receive commands indicating that an exposure is about to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1229</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1229"/>
				<updated>2012-08-31T19:36:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon beta firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 5D Mark III with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.153]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X &lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon T4i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 6.150 with Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  Canon Firmware 6.150 does not include compatibility with the 5D Mark III.  MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 compatibility with the 5D Mark III will be available in a future beta release.&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 3.150 with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Canon firmware update 6.150 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D *&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 * The new 7D 2.0 firmware is fully compatible with our latest ControlTL 6.150 firmware for Canon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
:Supported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Master E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Master Manual&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote E-TTL&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Unsupported Modes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Multi (stroboscopic) is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**Group mode is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;quot;ALL&amp;quot; selection is not supported, but Ratios are available in supported Master modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, because Bulb exposures are terminated manually by the photographer. With rear curtain sync, the radio sends a signal to the flash to fire just before the shutter closes. In Bulb mode, the exposure timing is infinitely variable, and the radios cannot receive commands indicating that an exposure is about to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1218</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1218"/>
				<updated>2012-08-06T16:50:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon firmware update with D4, D800, D800E and SB-910 compatibility as well as Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  Instructions on how to download Nikon firmware update 3.150 can be found [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2h&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1x&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400 ''(not capable of HSS)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700 and SB-900 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Triggering an SB-700 or SB-900 in local Manual mode with a FlexTT5 set to receive on a Standard Channel is not currently supported. FlexTT5s must be set to Basic Trigger Mode to work with the SB-700 and SB-900 set to local Manual mode on the back of the Speedlight when receiving on a Standard Channel. See [[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger Basic Trigger]] for details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1217</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1217"/>
				<updated>2012-08-06T16:49:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon beta firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 6.150 with Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  Canon Firmware 6.150 does not include compatibility with the 5D Mark III.  MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 compatibility with the 5D Mark III will be available in a future beta release.&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 3.150 with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Canon firmware update 6.150 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, because Bulb exposures are terminated manually by the photographer. With rear curtain sync, the radio sends a signal to the flash to fire just before the shutter closes. In Bulb mode, the exposure timing is infinitely variable, and the radios cannot receive commands indicating that an exposure is about to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;br /&gt;
*Enabling 1/2-stop exposure increments via the in-camera Custom Function menu will not work properly with our radios. The attached PocketWizard will blink red three times to indicate an error.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1216</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1216"/>
				<updated>2012-08-06T16:48:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases and production releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon beta firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 6.150 with Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  Canon Firmware 6.150 does not include compatibility with the 5D Mark III.  MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 compatibility with the 5D Mark III will be available in a future beta release.&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 3.150 with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Canon firmware update 6.150 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, because Bulb exposures are terminated manually by the photographer. With rear curtain sync, the radio sends a signal to the flash to fire just before the shutter closes. In Bulb mode, the exposure timing is infinitely variable, and the radios cannot receive commands indicating that an exposure is about to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;br /&gt;
*Enabling 1/2-stop exposure increments via the in-camera Custom Function menu will not work properly with our radios. The attached PocketWizard will blink red three times to indicate an error.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1215</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1215"/>
				<updated>2012-08-06T16:47:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon beta firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 6.150 with Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  Canon Firmware 6.150 does not include compatibility with the 5D Mark III.  MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 compatibility with the 5D Mark III will be available in a future beta release.&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon firmware 3.150 with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Canon firmware update 6.150 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, because Bulb exposures are terminated manually by the photographer. With rear curtain sync, the radio sends a signal to the flash to fire just before the shutter closes. In Bulb mode, the exposure timing is infinitely variable, and the radios cannot receive commands indicating that an exposure is about to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;br /&gt;
*Enabling 1/2-stop exposure increments via the in-camera Custom Function menu will not work properly with our radios. The attached PocketWizard will blink red three times to indicate an error.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1214</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1214"/>
				<updated>2012-08-06T16:45:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon firmware update with D4, D800, D800E and SB-910 compatibility as well as Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  Instructions on how to download Nikon firmware update 3.150 can be found [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2h&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1x&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400 ''(not capable of HSS)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700 and SB-900 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Triggering an SB-700 or SB-900 in local Manual mode with a FlexTT5 set to receive on a Standard Channel is not currently supported. FlexTT5s must be set to Basic Trigger Mode to work with the SB-700 and SB-900 set to local Manual mode on the back of the Speedlight when receiving on a Standard Channel. See [[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger Basic Trigger]] for details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1213</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1213"/>
				<updated>2012-08-06T16:44:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon firmware update 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware update 6.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon firmware update with D4, D800, D800E and SB-910 compatibility as well as Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  Instructions on how to download Nikon firmware 3.150 can be found [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2h&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1x&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400 ''(not capable of HSS)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700 and SB-900 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Triggering an SB-700 or SB-900 in local Manual mode with a FlexTT5 set to receive on a Standard Channel is not currently supported. FlexTT5s must be set to Basic Trigger Mode to work with the SB-700 and SB-900 set to local Manual mode on the back of the Speedlight when receiving on a Standard Channel. See [[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger Basic Trigger]] for details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1212</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1212"/>
				<updated>2012-08-06T16:43:51Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon firmware 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Nikon firmware 3.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads Canon firmware 6.150].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon firmware update with D4, D800, D800E and SB-910 compatibility as well as Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  Instructions on how to download Nikon firmware 3.150 can be found [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2h&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1x&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400 ''(not capable of HSS)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700 and SB-900 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Triggering an SB-700 or SB-900 in local Manual mode with a FlexTT5 set to receive on a Standard Channel is not currently supported. FlexTT5s must be set to Basic Trigger Mode to work with the SB-700 and SB-900 set to local Manual mode on the back of the Speedlight when receiving on a Standard Channel. See [[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger Basic Trigger]] for details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1207</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1207"/>
				<updated>2012-07-12T20:16:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.104].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Nikon beta firmware 3.110].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.104]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware 6.104 with new Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  Canon Beta Firmware 6.104 does not include compatibility with the 5D Mark III.  MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 compatibility with the 5D Mark III will be available in a future beta release.&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Canon Beta firmware 6.104 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, as the radios cannot know when the shutter will be closed until it has been already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;br /&gt;
*Enabling 1/2-stop exposure increments via the in-camera Custom Function menu will not work properly with our radios. The attached PocketWizard will blink red three times to indicate an error.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1206</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1206"/>
				<updated>2012-07-12T20:13:01Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.104].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Nikon beta firmware 3.110].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.104]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Canon Beta firmware 6.104 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware 6.104 with new Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, as the radios cannot know when the shutter will be closed until it has been already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;br /&gt;
*Enabling 1/2-stop exposure increments via the in-camera Custom Function menu will not work properly with our radios. The attached PocketWizard will blink red three times to indicate an error.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1205</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1205"/>
				<updated>2012-07-12T20:12:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.104].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Nikon beta firmware 3.110].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.104]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Canon Beta firmware 6.104 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware 6.104 with new Canon 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT now available [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, as the radios cannot know when the shutter will be closed until it has been already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;br /&gt;
*Enabling 1/2-stop exposure increments via the in-camera Custom Function menu will not work properly with our radios. The attached PocketWizard will blink red three times to indicate an error.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1204</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1204"/>
				<updated>2012-07-12T20:09:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.104].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Nikon beta firmware 3.110].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.104]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Canon Beta firmware 6.021 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware with new Canon gear compatibility coming soon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, as the radios cannot know when the shutter will be closed until it has been already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;br /&gt;
*Enabling 1/2-stop exposure increments via the in-camera Custom Function menu will not work properly with our radios. The attached PocketWizard will blink red three times to indicate an error.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1203</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1203"/>
				<updated>2012-07-12T20:09:01Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.021].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Nikon beta firmware 3.110].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:- Compatibility now available for 600EX-RT and ST-E3-RT with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.104]&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Canon Beta firmware 6.021 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware with new Canon gear compatibility coming soon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, as the radios cannot know when the shutter will be closed until it has been already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;br /&gt;
*Enabling 1/2-stop exposure increments via the in-camera Custom Function menu will not work properly with our radios. The attached PocketWizard will blink red three times to indicate an error.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1201</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1201"/>
				<updated>2012-06-26T19:15:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Canon beta firmware 6.021].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Nikon beta firmware 3.110].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Canon Beta firmware 6.021 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware with new Canon gear compatibility coming soon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, as the radios cannot know when the shutter will be closed until it has been already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;br /&gt;
*Enabling 1/2-stop exposure increments via the in-camera Custom Function menu will not work properly with our radios. The attached PocketWizard will blink red three times to indicate an error.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1200</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1200"/>
				<updated>2012-06-26T19:14:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL]&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Canon Beta firmware 6.021 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware with new Canon gear compatibility coming soon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, as the radios cannot know when the shutter will be closed until it has been already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;br /&gt;
*Enabling 1/2-stop exposure increments via the in-camera Custom Function menu will not work properly with our radios. The attached PocketWizard will blink red three times to indicate an error.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1199</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1199"/>
				<updated>2012-06-26T19:13:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Nikon and Canon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Nikon beta firmware 3.110].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Nikon beta firmware 3.110].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon beta firmware with D4, D800, D800E and SB-910 compatibility as well as Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  Instructions on how to download Nikon Beta firmware 3.110 can be found [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2h&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1x&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400 ''(not capable of HSS)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700 and SB-900 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Triggering an SB-700 or SB-900 in local Manual mode with a FlexTT5 set to receive on a Standard Channel is not currently supported. FlexTT5s must be set to Basic Trigger Mode to work with the SB-700 and SB-900 set to local Manual mode on the back of the Speedlight when receiving on a Standard Channel. See [[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger Basic Trigger]] for details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1198</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1198"/>
				<updated>2012-06-26T19:11:24Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Canon and Nikon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Nikon beta firmware 3.110].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Nikon beta firmware 3.110].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon beta firmware with D4, D800, D800E and SB-910 compatibility as well as Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  Instructions on how to download Nikon Beta firmware 3.110 can be found [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2h&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1x&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400 ''(not capable of HSS)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700 and SB-900 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Triggering an SB-700 or SB-900 in local Manual mode with a FlexTT5 set to receive on a Standard Channel is not currently supported. FlexTT5s must be set to Basic Trigger Mode to work with the SB-700 and SB-900 set to local Manual mode on the back of the Speedlight when receiving on a Standard Channel. See [[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger Basic Trigger]] for details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1197</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1197"/>
				<updated>2012-06-26T19:10:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Canon and Nikon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Nikon beta firmware 3.022].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear: - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Nikon beta firmware 3.110].&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon beta firmware with D4, D800, D800E and SB-910 compatibility as well as Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  Instructions on how to download Nikon Beta firmware 3.110 can be found [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2h&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1x&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400 ''(not capable of HSS)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700 and SB-900 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Triggering an SB-700 or SB-900 in local Manual mode with a FlexTT5 set to receive on a Standard Channel is not currently supported. FlexTT5s must be set to Basic Trigger Mode to work with the SB-700 and SB-900 set to local Manual mode on the back of the Speedlight when receiving on a Standard Channel. See [[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger Basic Trigger]] for details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1196</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1196"/>
				<updated>2012-06-26T17:54:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Canon and Nikon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Nikon beta firmware 3.022].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon beta firmware with D4, D800, D800E and SB-910 compatibility as well as Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  Instructions on how to download Nikon Beta firmware 3.110 can be found [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2h&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1x&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400 ''(not capable of HSS)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700 and SB-900 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Triggering an SB-700 or SB-900 in local Manual mode with a FlexTT5 set to receive on a Standard Channel is not currently supported. FlexTT5s must be set to Basic Trigger Mode to work with the SB-700 and SB-900 set to local Manual mode on the back of the Speedlight when receiving on a Standard Channel. See [[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger Basic Trigger]] for details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1195</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1195"/>
				<updated>2012-06-26T17:52:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Canon and Nikon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Nikon beta firmware 3.022].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon beta firmware with D4, D800, D800E and SB-910 compatibility as well as Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Nikon Beta firmware 3.110 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2h&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1x&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400 ''(not capable of HSS)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700 and SB-900 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Triggering an SB-700 or SB-900 in local Manual mode with a FlexTT5 set to receive on a Standard Channel is not currently supported. FlexTT5s must be set to Basic Trigger Mode to work with the SB-700 and SB-900 set to local Manual mode on the back of the Speedlight when receiving on a Standard Channel. See [[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger Basic Trigger]] for details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1149</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1149"/>
				<updated>2012-05-29T19:30:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Canon and Nikon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL]&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Canon Beta firmware 6.021 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware with new Canon gear compatibility coming soon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, as the radios cannot know when the shutter will be closed until it has been already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;br /&gt;
*Enabling 1/2-stop exposure increments via the in-camera Custom Function menu will not work properly with our radios. The attached PocketWizard will blink red three times to indicate an error.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1148</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1148"/>
				<updated>2012-05-29T19:30:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Canon and Nikon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL]&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Canon Beta firmware 6.021 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware with new Canon gear compatibility coming soon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, as the radios cannot know when the shutter will be closed until it has been already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;br /&gt;
*Enabling 1/2-stop exposure increments via the in-camera Custom Function menu will not work properly with our radios. The attached PocketWizard will blink red three times to indicate an error.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1147</id>
		<title>Canon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1147"/>
				<updated>2012-05-29T19:29:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Canon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Canon and Nikon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL]&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Canon Beta firmware 6.021 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon beta firmware with new Canon gear compatibility coming soon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Nikon Compatibility is available [[Nikon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Canon are compatible with these modern Canon digital cameras capable of using Canon's latest E-TTL II protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|7D&lt;br /&gt;
|60D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3i / 600D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1Ds Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
|5D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|50D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T3 / 1100D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II N&lt;br /&gt;
|5D&lt;br /&gt;
|40D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T2i/550D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|1D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|30D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel T1i/500D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|20D&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XSi/450D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XTi/400D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XT/350D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Rebel XS/1000D&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optimal performance, it is highly recommended to specify your camera model in the [[Misc Tab#Camera Model (Canon Only)|Misc Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canon's PowerShot cameras, such as the G9, G10, G11, G12 and earlier models, are not supported with our radios. Although these cameras can use many of the same flashes as modern Canon DSLRs, they use a very different implementation of Canon's ETTL II protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlite Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Special Note:'''  Canon Speedlite models 580EX and 580EX II, and especially the older 430EX (not the newer 430EX II), emit RF interference that can substantially reduce the effective operating range of many radio slaves, including the FlexTT5 when used as a receiver. For these model flashes, please utilize the mounting suggestions on [http://www.pocketwizard.com/inspirations/technology/range/ PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1/FlexTT5 are E-TTL II compatible with these Canon flashes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range slightly limited due to some RF interference from Speedlite only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;270EX II&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on the MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 (Transmit or Receive) in ETTL mode.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:To use this flash on a ControlTL radio mounted on a camera at HSS shutter speeds, you first need to enable HSS mode in the flash. Mount the 270EX directly on a camera (no radio in-between) and enable HSS mode via the camera’s menus. Once that mode is enabled, the flash will work properly at HSS shutter speeds when mounted on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 when used as a transmitter. HSS operation is automatic (no need to set it) when used on a FlexTT5 as a receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash may have occasional exposure issues when used on a MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 mounted directly on certain cameras like the 5D Mark II, 40D, 20D, and possibly others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;320EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full Feature Compatiblity&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash. &lt;br /&gt;
::''Some RF interference present when LED lamp is on.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Generation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;580EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;430EX:       &lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Significantly range limited due to RF interference from flash only when connected to a remote FlexTT5.  See [[Range Extending Solutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
:Not range limited when used on a transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;550EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
:Excellent range performance with this flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;420EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Full feature compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;220EX&lt;br /&gt;
:Can be used on FlexTT5 as a receiver in E-TTL mode only.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cannot be used on MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 as a transmitter.&lt;br /&gt;
:This flash performs better if an OC-E3 cable is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Speedlite Compatible Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Metz ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;58 AF-1 (Metz firmware v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
;48 AF-1 (Metz firmware v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes can only be used if [[Pre-Flash Boost]] is disabled on the [[Flash Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] is disabled. ''Note: Pre-Flash Boost is disabled by default.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Nissin ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Di866&lt;br /&gt;
;Di622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A control was added to the [[Misc Tab]] in the [[PocketWizard Utility]] called “Top Shoe Detection Mode.” To use a Nissin Di866 or Di622 for Canon this control must be set for “Nissin Flash.” Most features of these flashes are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These flashes may only be used on a remote FlexTT5 used as a receiver.  They are not compatible as on-camera MASTER flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The Di866 Mark II and Di622 Mark II are currently not compatible.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 30D as remote camera ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When remote triggering the 30D camera remotely, it must be set to “Auto Power Off – Disable” otherwise once camera sleeps, trigger will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5D 1/8000th in Automatic Metering modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With some 5D's, the camera's shutter speed can get stuck at 1/8000th or f/22 when in P, Av or Tv mode, if a Speedlite is used in the top shoe of an on-camera PocketWizard. There is a known bug in the camera's firmware where the camera exhibits the same symptoms, but only with a Speedlite in manual mode. This can occur with or without PocketWizards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote camera triggering delays ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the default settings, remote cameras will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. You can avoid this delay completely if you set the FlexTT5 attached to the remote camera to Basic Trigger Mode. A PocketWizard in this mode acts as a simple trigger. Advanced features like TTL flash and High Speed Sync won't be available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync not supported in Bulb Mode ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together, as the radios cannot know when the shutter will be closed until it has been already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20D Remote Wireless Manual Mode over-exposures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use Remote Wireless Manual controls with a 580EX II in the top shoe of a Mini or Flex on a 20D, about 20% of the exposures result in overexposure with remote Speedlites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Speedlite controls set via the in-camera menus, like Flash Exposure Compensation and ratio settings, are not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*FEB (Flash Exposure Bracketing) and Stroboscopic Flash are not currently supported&lt;br /&gt;
*Enabling 1/2-stop exposure increments via the in-camera Custom Function menu will not work properly with our radios. The attached PocketWizard will blink red three times to indicate an error.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1146</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1146"/>
				<updated>2012-05-29T19:24:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Canon and Nikon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta Nikon beta firmware 3.022].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon beta firmware with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Nikon Beta firmware 3.022 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon beta firmware with new Nikon gear compatibility coming soon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2h&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1x&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700 and SB-900 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Triggering an SB-700 or SB-900 in local Manual mode with a FlexTT5 set to receive on a Standard Channel is not currently supported. FlexTT5s must be set to Basic Trigger Mode to work with the SB-700 and SB-900 set to local Manual mode on the back of the Speedlight when receiving on a Standard Channel. See [[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger Basic Trigger]] for details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1145</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1145"/>
				<updated>2012-05-29T19:23:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Canon and Nikon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL] - Compatibility now available with [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta beta firmware 3.022].&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon beta firmware with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Nikon Beta firmware 3.022 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon beta firmware with new Nikon gear compatibility coming soon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2h&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1x&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700 and SB-900 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Triggering an SB-700 or SB-900 in local Manual mode with a FlexTT5 set to receive on a Standard Channel is not currently supported. FlexTT5s must be set to Basic Trigger Mode to work with the SB-700 and SB-900 set to local Manual mode on the back of the Speedlight when receiving on a Standard Channel. See [[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger Basic Trigger]] for details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1144</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1144"/>
				<updated>2012-05-29T19:22:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Canon and Nikon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL]&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon beta firmware with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Nikon Beta firmware 3.022 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon beta firmware with new Nikon gear compatibility coming soon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2h&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1x&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700 and SB-900 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Triggering an SB-700 or SB-900 in local Manual mode with a FlexTT5 set to receive on a Standard Channel is not currently supported. FlexTT5s must be set to Basic Trigger Mode to work with the SB-700 and SB-900 set to local Manual mode on the back of the Speedlight when receiving on a Standard Channel. See [[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger Basic Trigger]] for details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1143</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1143"/>
				<updated>2012-05-29T19:21:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Canon and Nikon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL]&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon beta firmware with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Nikon Beta firmware 3.022 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon beta firmware with new Nikon gear compatibility coming soon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2h&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1x&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700 and SB-900 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Triggering an SB-700 or SB-900 in local Manual mode with a FlexTT5 set to receive on a Standard Channel is not currently supported. FlexTT5s must be set to Basic Trigger Mode to work with the SB-700 and SB-900 set to local Manual mode on the back of the Speedlight when receiving on a Standard Channel. See [[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger Basic Trigger]] for details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1142</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1142"/>
				<updated>2012-05-29T19:20:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Canon and Nikon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL]&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon beta firmware with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Nikon Beta firmware 3.022 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].  MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon beta firmware with new Nikon gear compatibility coming soon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2h&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1x&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700 and SB-900 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Triggering an SB-700 or SB-900 in local Manual mode with a FlexTT5 set to receive on a Standard Channel is not currently supported. FlexTT5s must be set to Basic Trigger Mode to work with the SB-700 and SB-900 set to local Manual mode on the back of the Speedlight when receiving on a Standard Channel. See [[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger Basic Trigger]] for details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1141</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=1141"/>
				<updated>2012-05-29T19:18:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: /* Future Compatiblity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Future Compatiblity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is the prioritized list of planned BETA firmware releases for compatibility with newly released photography gear from Sekonic, Canon and Nikon.  Prioritization is based on when gear was received, complexity of reverse engineering and majority of users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.sekonic.com/Portals/0/Products/Sekonic_RT-32CTL_PR.pdf Sekonic RT-32CTL]&lt;br /&gt;
#New Nikon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D4&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800&lt;br /&gt;
#*Nikon D800E*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 600EX-RT&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon ST-E3-RT*&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 5D Mark III&lt;br /&gt;
#New Canon Gear:&lt;br /&gt;
#*Canon 1D X&lt;br /&gt;
Note: * The D800E and/or ST-E3-RT may be released in separate beta firmware releases pending the complexity of the reverse engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated when beta firmware is released and we will also post on the [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards/ PocketWizard Facebook page].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon beta firmware with Sekonic RT-32CTL module compatibility is now available.  You can download Nikon Beta firmware 3.022 [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/beta here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed Canon Compatibility is available [[Canon_Compatibility|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|D3x&lt;br /&gt;
|D700&lt;br /&gt;
|D90&lt;br /&gt;
|D7000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3s&lt;br /&gt;
|D300s&lt;br /&gt;
|D80&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D3&lt;br /&gt;
|D300&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40x''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D5000''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2x&lt;br /&gt;
|D200&lt;br /&gt;
|''D40''&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3100''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|''D3000''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NOTE: The D40, D40x, D5100, D5000, D3100, and D3000 do not support HSS/FP-Sync operation. These cameras also do not support HyperSync.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|Coolpix &amp;amp; Film-Based Nikon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2hs&lt;br /&gt;
|D100&lt;br /&gt;
|D70s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D2h&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D70&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1x&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D1&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|D50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation, set via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you’ve selected manually. Note that the D2x and D3 series cameras do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the camera body, as they don’t have a built-in flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that remote flashes do not have Flash Exposure Compensation on the rear of the flash's LCD - see the Pre-Flash Boost section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Speed / FP-Sync Speed Selection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use High Speed/FP-Sync on cameras that support it, your camera must be set to use Auto FP mode via the Custom Settings Menu. On most cameras, this is Custom Setting “e1 – Flash Sync Speed”. All cameras that support HSS/FP-Sync operation have the option for 1/250th (Auto FP), which is the recommended menu setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some cameras such as the D300, D300s and D700 have a 1/320th (Auto FP) menu option, which is not recommended for use, as it can cause sync timing issues specifically at the 1/320th shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB-700/SB-900 Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700 and SB-900 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu on the SB-900, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-700's switch, located on the right side of the flash's LCD, performs the same function. We recommend leaving this switch at the top position for the Standard output pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios transmit on both ControlTL and Standard PocketWizard channels, and have a very small delay between sending these two signals. Standard Channels are used by remote Plus II, MultiMAX or remoteFlexTT5 radios configured to use them. By default, the ControlTL channel is transmitted first, then the Standard Channel. At the camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th on most cameras), there is a very limited time window to send both signals, and in some cases the second signal may be too late to allow sync with the camera’s shutter. This checkbox in the PocketWizard Utility, accessed only by enabling the utility’s “Advanced Mode”,  controls which signal is sent first at the camera’s x-sync speed, to prioritize which signal is more important for your shooting scenario. Note that this caveat only applies at the camera’s x-sync speed shutter speed – all other shutter speeds above and below X-sync are unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is configured under the [[Channel Tab#ControlTL Transmit Priority at X-Sync (Nikon Only):|Channels Tab]] of the [[PocketWizard Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rear Curtain Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rear_curtain_sync.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync works for all shutter speeds under x-sync down to 8”. Below 8” (including bulb mode), synchronization errors will occur. Front-curtain (normal) sync is unaffected at these longer speeds, including bulb-mode. Note that Rear-Curtain sync can be left enabled when above your camera’s x-sync speed – it just will not have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modes Not Supported ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using.&lt;br /&gt;
*Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
*ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and as such will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Triggering an SB-700 or SB-900 in local Manual mode with a FlexTT5 set to receive on a Standard Channel is not currently supported. FlexTT5s must be set to Basic Trigger Mode to work with the SB-700 and SB-900 set to local Manual mode on the back of the Speedlight when receiving on a Standard Channel. See [[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger Basic Trigger]] for details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Beta_Firmware&amp;diff=1139</id>
		<title>Beta Firmware</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Beta_Firmware&amp;diff=1139"/>
				<updated>2012-05-22T21:12:12Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;With the latest public release candidate, or beta firmware, you get to play with ControlTL or MultiMAX* firmware and features currently being developed and assist us in the final stages before a “Final Release” is available.  Anyone can participate in the beta lab but you should be very comfortable using the PocketWizard Utility and willing and able to provide detailed feedback of your experiences using the beta firmware.  If that’s you, then follow the steps below to begin your own beta test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Current Betas == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Canon=== &lt;br /&gt;
The current ControlTL beta Canon firmware is: {{latestcanon}} This beta release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  Click [{{canonbeta}} here] to learn more about this beta release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_Compatibility here] for beta release plan of compatibility with new Canon gear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IMPORTANT: You must be using PocketWizard Utility version 1.35 (see below) before installing beta firmware {{latestcanon}} for Canon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current ControlTL beta Nikon firmware is {{latestnikon}}.  This beta release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  Click [{{nikonbeta}} here] to learn more about this ControlTL beta firmware release for Nikon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility here] for beta release plan of compatibility with new Nikon gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PowerST4 for Elinchrom===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{latestst4}}  Click [http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/322ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.100.pdf here] to learn more about the recent release of Power ST4 Firmware Upgrade version 5.100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PowerMC2 for Einstein E640 Flash===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{latestmc2}}  Click [http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_2.200_ReleaseNotes.pdf here] to learn more about the recent release of PowerMC2 Firmware Upgrade version 2.200.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MultiMAX===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{latestmax}} Click [{{maxbeta}} here]  to learn more about the recent release of MultiMAX Firmware Upgrade Version 7.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''We need your FEEDBACK!'''  Feedback on the beta firmware should be sent to PocketWizard via the “Inquires Form” on our [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/ “Contact”] page or simply email them to [mailto:betalab@pocketwizard.com betalab@pocketwizard.com] and put &amp;quot;beta&amp;quot; in the subject line.&lt;br /&gt;
Updates to the Beta Lab will be posted to our [http://www.facebook.com/pocketwizards Facebook page.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Utility 1.35==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see and run the latest beta firmware as mentioned above, you must be using PocketWizard Utility version 1.35. Click [http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/677Utility_Beta_1.35.pdf here] for more information on this Utility. PocketWizard Utility 1.35 can be downloaded by clicking the appropriate platform type here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style= border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup_1_35.exe 1.35 for PC]&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%201.35.dmg 1.35 for MAC]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Betascreenshot1.png|center|800px|How to enable the beta firmware options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Enabling Beta Firmware===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To enable access to beta firmware, open PocketWizard Utility, and navigate down to the blue gear in the bottom left corner of the window. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Navigate over to the &amp;quot;Firmware Updates&amp;quot; tab. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Navigate down to the bottom and check &amp;quot;Yes, I would like to have access to Optional and Beta Test firmware.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Navigate to the [[Update Tab]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Click &amp;quot;Check for Updates.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Firmware_updates_download_availability.png|center|600px|How to enable the beta firmware options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Navigate down to where it says &amp;quot;Optional Versions&amp;quot; and then select the option that matches your connected radio. Click OK and then follow the onscreen prompts that follow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a beta program to to be of value to us in improving the PocketWizard ControlTL firmware, we need feedback on your experiences with testing the beta firmware. Feedback can include your opinion of overall functionality or any bugs or issues you may have encountered. When providing feedback, the more detail you can provide the better. &lt;br /&gt;
Please ALWAYS include the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*beta firmware release version number&lt;br /&gt;
*Camera being used (brand &amp;amp; model #)&lt;br /&gt;
*Flashes being used(brand &amp;amp; model #)&lt;br /&gt;
*PocketWizard models being used&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If possible, the following information would also be useful but is not required:&lt;br /&gt;
*Camera settings&lt;br /&gt;
*Flash settings&lt;br /&gt;
*Location information (indoor, outdoor)&lt;br /&gt;
*Any potential radio interference sources&lt;br /&gt;
*Anything else that may help us understand your photo environment and situation.&lt;br /&gt;
*Computer system info&lt;br /&gt;
*Best way to contact you should follow-up be necessary&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Feedback on the beta firmware should be sent to PocketWizard via the “[http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ Inquires Form]” on our “[http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/ Contact]” page or simply email them to [mailto:betalab@pocketwizard.com betalab@pocketwizard.com] and put &amp;quot;beta&amp;quot; in the subject line.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Only MultiMAX's with a USB port are capable of downloading firmware.  Some older MultiMAX units do not have a USB port.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1137</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1137"/>
				<updated>2012-05-22T21:04:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heather: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:PocketWizardLogo.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Hello and thank you for visiting the PocketWizard Wiki.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wiki, written exclusively by the PocketWizard support team, is intended to help photographers use and understand their PocketWizard radios.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the search box on the left to help you find something, or you can choose your radio here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5|Canon and Nikon MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] wiki or [[PocketWizard_Wiki:Books/MiniTT1_and_FlexTT5_Manual| PDF manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[PowerMC2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[PowerST4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Plus III]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Plus II]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[MultiMAX]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you're looking for the solution to a problem, you should start by reading the [[The FAQ|Frequently Asked Questions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a living document.  As features change and grow, so will this wiki.  Our primary focus right now is making sure that our [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] have adequate operating instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a question that is not answered here, then please use our [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ Inquiries page] to work directly with technical support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You also may want to visit [http://www.pocketwizard.com PocketWizard.com].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heather</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>